1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab *got_entries;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info *next;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
100 struct mips_got_info *g;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info *info;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info *primary;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info *current;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info *g;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs;
137 struct bfd_link_info *info;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
145 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection *call_fp_stub;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info *info;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
286 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
357 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info *);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection *mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
399 static asection *mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd *, bfd_boolean);
401 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd *, asection **);
403 static long mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
406 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
408 (bfd *, bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
410 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
412 (bfd *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_boolean);
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
414 (bfd *, bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma);
415 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
416 (bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
418 (struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
420 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
422 (bfd *, long, bfd_vma, struct mips_got_info *);
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
424 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *,
425 struct mips_got_info *);
426 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
427 (bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
429 (bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, bfd_boolean);
430 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
436 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
439 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
440 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
441 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_boolean);
442 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
443 (bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
444 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
445 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
446 bfd_boolean *, bfd_boolean);
447 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
448 (reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *);
449 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
450 (struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
451 bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean);
452 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
454 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
455 (bfd *, unsigned int);
456 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
457 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
459 bfd_vma *, asection *);
460 static void mips_set_isa_flags
462 static INLINE char *elf_mips_abi_name
464 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
465 (bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
467 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
468 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
470 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
472 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
474 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
475 (const void *, const void *);
477 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct mips_got_info *,
479 asection *, bfd_size_type);
480 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
482 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
483 (const void *, const void *);
484 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
486 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
487 (const void *, const void *);
488 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
490 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
492 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
494 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
496 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
498 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
499 (struct mips_got_info *);
500 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
501 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
502 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
503 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
505 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
506 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
508 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
510 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
511 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
513 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
514 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
515 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
517 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
518 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
520 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
521 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
522 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
524 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
525 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
526 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
528 /* The name of the options section. */
529 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
530 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
532 /* The name of the stub section. */
533 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
535 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
536 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
537 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
539 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
540 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
541 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
543 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
544 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
545 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
547 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
548 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
549 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
551 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
552 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
553 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
555 /* Get word-sized data. */
556 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
557 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
559 /* Put out word-sized data. */
560 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
562 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
563 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
565 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
566 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
567 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
569 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
572 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
573 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
574 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
575 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
576 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
577 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
578 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
579 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
580 section, that is RELA. */
581 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
582 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
583 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
584 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
585 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
586 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
587 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
589 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
590 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
591 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
593 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
594 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
596 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
597 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
599 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
601 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
603 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
604 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
606 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
607 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
608 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
610 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
611 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
612 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
613 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
615 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
616 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
617 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
619 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
622 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
623 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
624 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
625 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
628 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
629 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
630 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
631 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
632 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
633 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
634 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
635 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
637 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
638 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
640 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
642 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
643 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
646 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
647 floating point arguments.
649 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
650 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
651 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
652 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
653 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
654 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
655 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
656 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
658 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
659 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
660 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
661 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
662 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
663 stub should be discarded.
665 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
666 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
667 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
668 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
669 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
670 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
671 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
674 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
675 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
676 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
678 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
680 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
681 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
682 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
684 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
686 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
687 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
688 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
691 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
693 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
694 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
696 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
699 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
701 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
702 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
704 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
706 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
707 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
708 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
710 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
711 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
713 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
716 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
718 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
720 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
721 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
722 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
726 /* Set local fields. */
727 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
728 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
729 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
731 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
732 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
733 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
735 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
736 ret->call_stub = NULL;
737 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
738 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
741 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
745 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
747 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
748 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
750 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
753 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
755 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
758 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
759 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
762 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
763 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
766 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
769 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
770 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
772 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
773 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
776 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
777 swap->external_hdr_size))
780 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
781 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
783 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
785 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
786 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
790 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
791 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
792 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
794 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
795 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
799 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
800 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
801 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
802 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
803 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
804 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
806 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
808 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
809 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
810 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
814 debug->adjust = NULL;
821 if (debug->line != NULL)
823 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
824 free (debug->external_dnr);
825 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
826 free (debug->external_pdr);
827 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
828 free (debug->external_sym);
829 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
830 free (debug->external_opt);
831 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
832 free (debug->external_aux);
833 if (debug->ss != NULL)
835 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
837 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
838 free (debug->external_fdr);
839 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
840 free (debug->external_rfd);
841 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
842 free (debug->external_ext);
846 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
849 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
851 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
855 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
856 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
858 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
859 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
863 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
867 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
870 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
871 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
872 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
874 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
875 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
877 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
879 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
880 struct sym_ext *esym;
885 unsigned long sindex;
889 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
897 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
899 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
903 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
905 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
909 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
912 size = sizeof (RPDR);
913 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
917 size = sizeof (char *);
918 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
922 count = hdr->isymMax;
923 size = swap->external_sym_size;
924 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
928 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
932 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
935 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, ss))
939 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
941 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
942 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
944 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
945 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
946 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
947 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
948 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
949 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
950 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
952 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
953 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
957 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
958 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
959 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
962 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
966 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
969 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
971 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
972 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
973 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
974 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
976 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
978 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
980 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
982 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
984 s->contents = rtproc;
986 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
987 matters, but someday it might). */
988 s->link_order_head = NULL;
1017 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1021 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1022 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1024 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1025 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1027 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1028 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1030 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1031 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1032 being included in the link. */
1033 h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1034 h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1035 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1036 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1037 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1040 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1041 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1043 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1044 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1045 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1046 h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1047 h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1048 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1049 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1050 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1053 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1054 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1056 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1057 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1058 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1059 h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
1060 h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
1061 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1062 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1063 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1069 bfd_reloc_status_type
1070 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1071 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1072 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1076 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1078 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1081 relocation = symbol->value;
1083 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1084 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1086 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1087 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1089 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1090 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1092 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1094 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1095 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1096 an external symbol. */
1098 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1099 val += relocation - gp;
1101 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1103 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1105 + reloc_entry->address);
1106 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1110 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1113 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1118 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1119 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1120 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1125 struct mips_hi16 *next;
1127 asection *input_section;
1131 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1133 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
1135 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1136 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1137 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1139 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1140 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1141 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1142 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1144 bfd_reloc_status_type
1145 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1146 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
1147 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1148 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1150 struct mips_hi16 *n;
1152 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1153 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1155 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
1157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1159 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
1161 n->input_section = input_section;
1162 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
1165 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1166 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1168 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1171 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1172 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1173 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1175 bfd_reloc_status_type
1176 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1177 void *data, asection *input_section,
1178 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1180 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
1181 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
1182 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
1183 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1184 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1185 input_section, output_bfd,
1188 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1189 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1192 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1193 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1194 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1196 bfd_reloc_status_type
1197 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1198 void *data, asection *input_section,
1199 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1203 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1204 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1206 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
1207 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
1209 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
1210 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
1212 hi = mips_hi16_list;
1214 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1215 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1216 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1217 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1218 has a rightshift of 0. */
1219 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
1220 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
1222 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1223 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1224 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1226 /* R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16 relocations are relative to the address of the
1227 lo16 relocation, not their own address. If we're calculating the
1228 final value, and hence subtracting the "PC", subtract the offset
1229 of the lo16 relocation from here. */
1230 if (output_bfd == NULL && hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
1231 hi->rel.addend -= reloc_entry->address - hi->rel.address;
1233 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
1234 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
1236 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
1239 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
1243 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1244 input_section, output_bfd,
1248 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1249 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1250 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1252 bfd_reloc_status_type
1253 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1254 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1255 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1256 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1259 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1260 bfd_boolean relocatable;
1262 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
1264 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
1265 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1267 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1269 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1271 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1272 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1273 offset or address. */
1274 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1275 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
1280 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1281 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1282 val += symbol->value;
1283 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1285 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
1286 val -= input_section->output_offset;
1287 val -= reloc_entry->address;
1291 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1292 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1293 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1294 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1295 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1296 reloc_entry->addend += val;
1299 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1300 val += reloc_entry->addend;
1302 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1303 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1305 + reloc_entry->address);
1306 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1313 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1316 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1317 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1320 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
1323 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1324 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1328 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
1329 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1336 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
1337 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
1339 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1340 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1341 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1342 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1343 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1344 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1348 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
1349 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
1353 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1354 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1355 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1356 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1357 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1358 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1359 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1362 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1363 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1364 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
1370 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1371 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1372 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1373 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1374 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1375 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1379 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
1380 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
1382 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1383 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1384 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1385 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1386 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1387 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1390 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1391 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1392 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1393 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1394 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1397 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
1398 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
1400 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1401 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1402 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1403 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1404 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1405 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1406 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1410 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
1411 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1419 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1422 /* Swap in an options header. */
1425 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
1426 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
1428 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1429 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1430 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1431 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1434 /* Swap out an options header. */
1437 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
1438 Elf_External_Options *ex)
1440 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1441 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1442 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1443 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1446 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1447 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1450 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1452 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1453 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1455 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1456 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1458 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1461 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1464 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1466 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1467 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1469 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1470 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1471 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1472 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1474 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
1475 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
1479 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1480 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1481 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1482 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1483 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1484 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1485 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1486 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1487 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1488 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1489 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1490 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1491 when generating a final executable. */
1494 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1496 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
1498 asection *sec, *output_section;
1500 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1501 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1503 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1505 else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
1506 || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
1507 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
1508 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
1510 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1511 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1512 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1513 h->root.root.root.string,
1514 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1522 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1525 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1526 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1527 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1528 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1529 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1530 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1532 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1533 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1537 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1539 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1540 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1541 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1543 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1544 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1545 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1547 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1549 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1550 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1551 h->esym.asym.value =
1552 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1554 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1556 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1557 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1558 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1561 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1563 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1564 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1565 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1570 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1571 output_section = sec->output_section;
1573 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1574 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1575 if (output_section == NULL)
1576 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1579 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1581 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1582 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1583 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1584 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1585 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1586 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1587 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1588 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1589 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1590 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1591 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1592 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1593 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1594 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1595 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1596 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1597 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1599 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1603 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1604 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1607 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1608 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1609 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1610 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1612 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1613 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1614 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1615 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1617 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1618 output_section = sec->output_section;
1619 if (output_section != NULL)
1620 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1621 + sec->output_offset
1622 + output_section->vma);
1624 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1626 else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
1628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1629 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1631 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1633 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1634 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1639 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1640 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1641 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1643 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1646 output_section = sec->output_section;
1647 if (output_section != NULL)
1648 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1649 + sec->output_offset
1650 + output_section->vma);
1652 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1660 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1661 h->root.root.root.string,
1664 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1671 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1674 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
1676 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
1677 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
1679 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1682 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1684 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1687 static INLINE hashval_t
1688 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
1691 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1697 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1698 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1702 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1704 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1706 return entry->symndx
1707 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1709 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1710 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1714 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1716 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1717 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1719 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1720 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1721 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1722 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1725 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1726 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1727 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1731 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1733 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1735 return entry->symndx
1737 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1738 : entry->symndx >= 0
1740 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
1741 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
1745 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1747 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1748 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1750 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1751 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1752 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
1753 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1754 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1757 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1760 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd *dynobj, bfd_boolean create_p)
1762 static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
1765 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
1766 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
1768 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
1770 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
1775 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1777 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
1778 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
1784 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1787 mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
1789 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1791 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
1796 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1797 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1800 static struct mips_got_info *
1801 mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
1804 struct mips_got_info *g;
1806 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1807 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1808 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1809 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1810 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1813 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
1818 /* Obtain the lowest dynamic index of a symbol that was assigned a
1819 global GOT entry. */
1821 mips_elf_get_global_gotsym_index (bfd *abfd)
1824 struct mips_got_info *g;
1829 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
1830 if (sgot == NULL || mips_elf_section_data (sgot) == NULL)
1833 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
1834 if (g == NULL || g->global_gotsym == NULL)
1837 return g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1840 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1841 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1842 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1845 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1849 struct mips_got_info *g;
1850 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1852 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1854 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1856 return entry->gotidx;
1861 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1864 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1868 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
1869 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
1871 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
1872 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
1874 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
1876 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
1878 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
1883 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
1885 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
1887 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
1892 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
1893 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
1895 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1896 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1897 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1899 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1900 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
1901 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1902 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
1907 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1908 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1909 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1910 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1911 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1914 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1915 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
1918 struct mips_got_info *g;
1920 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1922 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1924 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
1926 & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff));
1931 index = entry->gotidx;
1934 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
1939 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1940 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1943 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
1944 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
1947 struct mips_got_info *g;
1948 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
1952 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1953 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1954 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1956 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1959 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1961 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value);
1963 return entry->gotidx;
1968 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1972 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
1973 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
1977 struct mips_got_info *g;
1979 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
1980 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
1981 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
1983 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
1986 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1987 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1989 static struct mips_got_entry *
1990 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd,
1991 struct mips_got_info *gg,
1992 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value)
1994 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
1995 struct mips_got_info *g;
1999 entry.d.address = value;
2001 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
2004 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
2005 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2008 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2013 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
2015 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2020 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2022 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
2024 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
2025 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2026 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2027 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2032 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
2033 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
2038 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2039 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2040 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2041 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2042 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2043 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2046 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
2048 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
2049 struct mips_got_info *g;
2052 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2054 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
2057 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
2058 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
2059 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2060 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2061 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2062 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2063 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2064 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2065 too large offsets. */
2066 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
2067 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
2068 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
2069 elf_hash_table (info)),
2070 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
2073 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2074 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2075 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
2076 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
2077 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
2079 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2080 table index in the GOT. */
2081 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
2086 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2087 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2091 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2093 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
2095 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2096 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2098 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2100 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
2103 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2104 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2105 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2107 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
2109 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2110 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2111 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2113 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2114 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2117 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2118 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2124 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2125 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2129 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2130 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2131 struct mips_got_info *g)
2133 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2135 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2137 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2139 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2143 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2146 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2152 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2154 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2157 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2158 need to do it again. */
2162 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2168 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2170 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2173 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2174 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2175 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2181 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2182 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2185 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
2186 struct mips_got_info *g)
2188 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2191 entry.symndx = symndx;
2192 entry.d.addend = addend;
2193 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2194 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2199 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2201 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2206 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2211 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2214 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2216 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2217 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2219 return entry->bfd->id;
2222 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2225 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2227 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2228 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2229 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2230 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2232 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2235 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2236 be the master GOT data. */
2238 static struct mips_got_info *
2239 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2241 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2247 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2248 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2251 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2252 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2256 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
2258 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2259 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2260 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
2261 struct mips_got_info *g;
2262 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
2265 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2267 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
2268 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
2269 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
2275 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2276 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2286 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
2287 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
2288 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2295 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2296 g->global_gotno = 0;
2298 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
2299 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2300 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2301 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2311 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2312 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2313 if (*entryp != NULL)
2318 if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
2326 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2327 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2328 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2329 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2330 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2331 and then make make the new got current. */
2334 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
2336 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
2337 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
2338 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
2339 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
2340 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
2341 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
2343 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2344 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2345 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2347 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
2348 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
2350 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2351 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2352 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2353 else if (arg->primary
2354 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount) <= maxcnt)
2356 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2357 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
2358 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
2360 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
2362 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2363 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2365 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2368 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2369 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2370 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2373 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
2374 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
2376 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
2377 + arg->primary->global_gotno;
2379 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2380 else if (arg->current
2381 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount <= maxcnt)
2383 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
2384 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
2385 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
2387 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
2389 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
2390 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
2392 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
2395 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
2397 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
2398 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
2400 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
2401 + arg->current->global_gotno;
2403 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2404 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2405 overflows anyway. */
2408 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
2409 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
2411 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount;
2417 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2418 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2419 got) to the given VALUE.
2421 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2422 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2423 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2424 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2425 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2426 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2427 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2428 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2431 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
2433 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2434 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
2435 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
2436 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
2438 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
2439 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2443 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
2445 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
2446 if (arg->info->shared
2447 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
2448 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2449 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2450 && ((entry->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2451 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
2452 ++arg->needed_relocs;
2455 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
2461 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2462 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2464 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2466 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2468 if (entry->abfd != NULL
2469 && entry->symndx == -1
2470 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
2471 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
2476 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2477 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2478 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2479 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2480 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2481 the traversal must be restarted. */
2483 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
2485 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
2486 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
2488 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
2490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
2492 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2493 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2494 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2496 if (entry->d.h == h)
2501 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2502 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2503 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
2505 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
2506 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
2509 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2510 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2512 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
2515 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2516 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2522 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2525 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
2531 got_entries = g->got_entries;
2533 htab_traverse (got_entries,
2534 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
2537 while (got_entries == NULL);
2540 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2543 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2545 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2548 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2552 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
2556 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2559 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2560 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2563 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2564 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
2565 bfd_size_type pages)
2567 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
2568 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
2569 struct mips_got_info *gg;
2570 unsigned int assign;
2572 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
2573 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
2574 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
2577 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
2578 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
2579 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
2581 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2582 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2583 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
2584 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2585 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2588 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
2589 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
2590 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2591 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2592 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2593 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
2594 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
2595 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
2597 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2598 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2599 to be the primary GOT. */
2600 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
2601 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
2604 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2605 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
2607 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
2608 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2609 if (g->next == NULL)
2612 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
2613 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
2614 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
2615 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
2616 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
2617 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
2619 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
2621 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
2624 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
2625 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
2627 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2631 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2632 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2633 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2634 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2637 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
2640 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
2641 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
2648 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
2650 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
2654 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2655 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2656 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2659 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2660 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2661 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2662 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2663 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2664 follows IRIX's practice.
2666 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2667 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2668 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2669 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2673 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
2674 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
2675 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
2679 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2680 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2681 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2682 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2683 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2684 their entries can be omitted. */
2685 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
2686 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
2689 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2690 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2691 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
2692 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2693 &set_got_offset_arg);
2694 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
2695 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
2696 &set_got_offset_arg);
2697 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
2700 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2701 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2702 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2703 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2704 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2705 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2706 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2707 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2708 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2709 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2710 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2711 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2712 points back to the master GOT. */
2713 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
2714 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
2720 struct mips_got_info *gn;
2722 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2723 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
2724 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
2725 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
2727 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2728 list that gg points to. */
2734 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2737 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
2741 got->_raw_size = (gg->next->local_gotno
2742 + gg->next->global_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2748 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2749 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2751 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
2752 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
2753 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2754 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
2756 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2757 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2758 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2759 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2760 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2761 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2762 while (relocation < relend)
2764 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
2770 /* We didn't find it. */
2771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2775 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2778 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
2779 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
2780 asection **local_sections,
2781 bfd_boolean check_forced)
2783 unsigned long r_symndx;
2784 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2788 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2789 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2790 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2792 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
2794 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
2799 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2800 was forced local. */
2801 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2802 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
2803 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2804 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2805 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2806 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2807 if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
2814 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2817 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2819 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
2820 /* VALUE is negative. */
2821 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
2826 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2827 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2831 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
2833 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
2835 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
2836 /* The value is too big. */
2838 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
2839 /* The value is too small. */
2846 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2849 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
2851 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2854 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2857 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2860 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2863 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2867 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2870 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2873 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2876 return (bfd_vma) -1;
2880 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2883 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2884 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2887 register asection *s;
2889 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
2891 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2894 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
2896 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2897 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
2898 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
2901 s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
2907 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2910 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2911 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
2914 register asection *s;
2915 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2916 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
2917 struct mips_got_info *g;
2920 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2921 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2924 if (! maybe_exclude)
2925 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
2929 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2930 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2933 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
2935 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2936 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2937 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
2939 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
2940 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2943 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2944 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2945 are not creating a global offset table. */
2947 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2948 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2949 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2952 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2953 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
2954 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
2955 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2958 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2961 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
2962 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2965 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
2966 g->global_gotno = 0;
2967 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2968 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
2971 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2972 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2973 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2975 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
2976 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
2977 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
2982 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2983 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2984 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2986 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2987 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2988 relocation must be JALX.
2990 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2991 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2992 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2993 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2995 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2996 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
2997 asection *input_section,
2998 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2999 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3000 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
3001 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3002 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
3003 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
3004 bfd_boolean save_addend)
3006 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3008 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3011 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3012 shared object file being produced. */
3013 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
3014 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3017 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3018 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
3019 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3020 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3021 during execution. */
3022 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
3023 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3025 asection *sec = NULL;
3026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
3027 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3029 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
3030 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3031 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
3032 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3034 unsigned long r_symndx;
3036 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3037 relocation value. */
3038 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
3039 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3040 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
3042 /* Parse the relocation. */
3043 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3044 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3045 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
3046 + input_section->output_offset
3047 + relocation->r_offset);
3049 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3050 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3052 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3053 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3054 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3055 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3056 local_sections, FALSE);
3057 was_local_p = local_p;
3058 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3059 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3062 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3063 must come before globals. */
3067 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3070 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3072 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3073 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3075 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3076 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3077 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3078 symbol += sym->st_value;
3079 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3080 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3082 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3084 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3087 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3088 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3091 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3092 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3093 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3096 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3098 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3102 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3104 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3105 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3106 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3107 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3108 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3109 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3110 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3112 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3113 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3115 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3116 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3117 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
3118 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
3120 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3121 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3122 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
3123 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3127 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3128 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3129 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3131 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3132 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3133 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
3135 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
3136 if (sec->output_section)
3137 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
3138 + sec->output_section->vma
3139 + sec->output_offset);
3141 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
3143 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3144 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3145 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3146 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3149 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3150 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3152 else if (strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3153 strcmp (*namep, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3155 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3156 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3157 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3158 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3159 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3161 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
3162 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
3167 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
3168 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
3169 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
3170 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
3171 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
3172 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3176 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
3179 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3180 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3182 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3183 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
3184 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
3185 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
3186 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
3188 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3189 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3192 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
3195 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
3199 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3201 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3202 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3203 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
3205 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3206 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3208 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3209 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3211 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
3216 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
3218 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
3219 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
3221 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3228 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
3231 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
3233 BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
3234 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3237 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3238 special jalx instruction. */
3239 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
3240 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
3241 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
3243 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3244 local_sections, TRUE);
3246 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3247 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3250 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3251 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3252 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3254 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
3255 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
3261 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3262 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3263 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3264 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3265 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3266 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3269 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3270 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3271 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3273 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3274 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3276 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
3277 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
3279 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
3280 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
3282 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3283 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3284 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3285 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3286 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
3287 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
3290 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
3291 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3292 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3296 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
3297 info, symbol + addend);
3299 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3302 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3303 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3304 abfd, input_bfd, g);
3309 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3310 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3311 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3312 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3313 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
3314 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
3315 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
3316 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
3318 (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
3326 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3330 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3333 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3334 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3341 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
3343 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3344 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
3345 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3346 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
3348 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3350 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3351 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3352 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3353 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3356 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
3364 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
3368 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3369 value = symbol + addend;
3373 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3378 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
3379 value = symbol + addend - p;
3380 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3383 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
3384 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
3385 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
3386 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
3389 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
3390 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3391 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3392 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3393 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3394 the comment there for more information. */
3395 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
3396 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3400 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3401 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3402 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3403 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3404 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3407 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
3409 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
3410 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3416 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
3417 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3421 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
3422 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3428 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
3431 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
3432 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3433 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3434 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3435 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3438 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3439 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3442 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3443 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3444 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3445 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3446 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3447 not check for overflow here. */
3451 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
3452 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3453 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3454 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3459 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
3460 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3461 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3462 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3463 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3464 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
3465 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3466 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3467 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3468 if (howto->partial_inplace)
3469 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
3470 value = symbol + addend - gp;
3471 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3472 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3473 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3474 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3478 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3487 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3488 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3490 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3491 local_sections, FALSE);
3492 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
3493 symbol + addend, forced);
3494 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3495 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3497 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3498 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3499 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3505 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
3508 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3511 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
3512 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
3514 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3518 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
3519 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3522 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
3523 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
3524 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3525 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3526 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3528 value = mips_elf_high (value);
3529 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3532 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
3533 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
3534 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
3537 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
3538 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3539 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3543 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
3544 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
3545 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3546 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
3547 abfd, input_bfd, value);
3548 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3551 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
3553 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
3556 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
3560 value = symbol - addend;
3561 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3565 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
3566 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3569 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
3570 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
3571 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3574 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
3575 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
3576 value &= howto->dst_mask;
3581 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3582 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3583 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3585 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3586 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
3587 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3588 return bfd_reloc_continue;
3591 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3592 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
3595 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3597 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
3600 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3603 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
3604 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3605 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
3608 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3610 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3611 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
3613 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
3614 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3615 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3616 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3617 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3618 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3623 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3624 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3625 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3626 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3627 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3628 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3630 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3633 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3634 reloc_howto_type *howto,
3635 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3636 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
3637 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
3638 bfd_boolean require_jalx)
3642 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3644 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3645 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
3647 /* Obtain the current value. */
3648 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
3650 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3651 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
3653 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3654 value in a funny way. */
3655 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3657 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3658 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3661 The format of these instructions is:
3663 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3664 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3665 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3667 +-----------------------------------------------+
3669 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3670 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3672 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3673 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3674 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3675 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3676 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3677 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3678 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3679 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3680 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3681 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3684 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3685 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3686 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3687 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3688 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3689 value as two 16-bit values.
3691 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3695 +--------+----------------------+
3699 +--------+----------------------+
3702 +----------+------+-------------+
3706 +----------+--------------------+
3707 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3708 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3710 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3711 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3712 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3713 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3714 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3716 if (!info->relocatable)
3717 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3718 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
3719 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3720 | (value & 0xffff));
3722 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
3724 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3725 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3727 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3728 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3729 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3730 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3731 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3733 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3736 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3737 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3738 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3740 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3741 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3742 little-endian system. */
3743 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
3744 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
3748 /* Set the field. */
3749 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
3751 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3755 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
3756 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
3758 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3759 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3761 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
3766 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
3770 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3773 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3774 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3775 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
3776 input_section->name,
3777 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
3778 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3782 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3783 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
3786 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3787 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3788 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
3789 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
3790 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3792 /* Put the value into the output. */
3793 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
3797 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3800 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
3802 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
3804 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
3805 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
3806 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
3809 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3812 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, unsigned int n)
3816 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
3817 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3819 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
3821 /* Make room for a null element. */
3822 s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3825 s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3828 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3829 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3830 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3831 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3834 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3835 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3836 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
3837 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3838 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
3839 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
3841 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
3847 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
3848 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3849 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
3850 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3851 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
3852 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
3853 < sreloc->_raw_size);
3856 outrel[0].r_offset =
3857 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
3858 outrel[1].r_offset =
3859 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
3860 outrel[2].r_offset =
3861 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
3864 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3865 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3866 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3867 if (input_section->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
3869 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
3870 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
3874 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3875 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3876 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3877 machinery tell us the offset. */
3878 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3879 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
3880 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3882 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3887 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3888 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3890 else if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3892 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3893 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3894 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3899 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3900 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3901 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3903 memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela) * 3);
3907 bfd_boolean defined_p;
3909 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3910 in the relocation. */
3912 && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3913 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
3914 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3916 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
3918 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3919 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3920 defined_p = ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
3921 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) != 0);
3923 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3924 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3925 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3926 undefined symbols. */
3931 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3933 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3935 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3940 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3945 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3946 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3947 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3948 local symbols because we used to generate them
3949 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3950 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3951 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3952 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3953 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3954 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3956 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3957 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3958 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3959 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3960 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
3965 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3966 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3967 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3968 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3969 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
3972 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3973 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3974 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
3976 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3977 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3978 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3979 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3980 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3981 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3982 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3983 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3984 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3985 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3986 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3987 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3988 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
3989 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
3992 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
3994 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3995 correct location in the output file. */
3996 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3997 + input_section->output_offset);
3998 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3999 + input_section->output_offset);
4000 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4001 + input_section->output_offset);
4004 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4005 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4006 relocation format is non-standard. */
4007 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4009 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
4010 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4012 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
4015 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4016 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4017 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
4019 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4020 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
4022 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4023 will be writing to it. */
4024 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
4027 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4028 if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
4030 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
4035 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
4037 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
4038 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
4039 + input_section->output_section->vma
4040 + input_section->output_offset);
4041 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
4042 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
4044 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
4045 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
4046 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
4048 cr = (scpt->contents
4049 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
4050 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
4051 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
4052 + scpt->reloc_count));
4053 ++scpt->reloc_count;
4060 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4063 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
4065 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
4067 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
4068 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
4070 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
4071 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
4073 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
4074 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
4076 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
4077 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4079 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4080 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4082 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4083 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4085 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4086 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4088 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4089 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4091 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4092 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
4095 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
4099 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
4103 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
4107 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
4111 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
4115 return bfd_mach_mips5;
4118 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
4119 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
4122 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
4123 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
4126 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
4127 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
4130 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
4131 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
4139 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4141 static INLINE char *
4142 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
4146 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
4147 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
4150 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
4152 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
4156 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
4158 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
4160 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
4162 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
4165 return "unknown abi";
4169 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4170 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4171 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4172 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4173 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4174 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
4175 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4176 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4178 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4179 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4180 definition in a shared library. */
4181 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
4182 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4183 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4185 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4186 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4189 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
4191 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
4193 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
4194 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
4196 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4197 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4198 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4199 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4200 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4201 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4202 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
4204 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4205 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
4206 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
4207 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4208 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4209 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
4210 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
4211 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4212 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4213 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
4215 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
4219 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4220 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4221 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4222 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4225 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4226 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
4228 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4229 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
4230 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
4231 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4232 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4233 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
4234 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
4235 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4236 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4237 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
4239 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
4240 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
4243 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4244 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4247 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4249 asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
4253 asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
4259 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4260 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4261 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4263 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4264 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4267 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4268 will jump there rather than to .text.
4270 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4271 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4274 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
4276 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
4279 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4280 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4281 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4285 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
4287 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4288 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
4292 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4293 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
4296 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
4299 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4300 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4304 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4305 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4306 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
4307 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
4309 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4311 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4312 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4313 so that we don't have to read them again.
4314 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4315 through the section contents to see if there is an
4316 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4318 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
4320 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4321 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4323 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4325 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4327 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4334 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4335 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
4338 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4339 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
4342 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4349 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
4350 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
4353 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
4354 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
4361 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
4363 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
4365 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4366 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
4367 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
4369 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4370 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4372 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
4374 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4375 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
4377 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
4379 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4380 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4382 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4385 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4387 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
4389 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
4391 unsigned int adjust;
4393 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
4395 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
4403 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4404 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4405 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4407 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4411 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
4416 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4417 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4418 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4419 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4420 probably get away with this. */
4421 switch (hdr->sh_type)
4423 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
4424 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
4428 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
4431 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
4432 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
4435 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
4436 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4439 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
4440 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
4443 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
4444 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
4446 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
4448 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
4449 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
4450 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
4452 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
4454 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
4455 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4458 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
4459 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4462 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
4463 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
4466 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
4467 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4470 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
4471 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4474 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
4475 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4476 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4477 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4484 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
4489 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4490 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
4496 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4498 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4499 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4500 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4501 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4502 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
4504 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
4507 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
4508 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
4510 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
4511 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
4514 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4515 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4516 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4517 they should agree. */
4518 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
4520 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
4522 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
4523 if (contents == NULL)
4525 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
4532 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
4533 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
4535 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
4537 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
4539 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4541 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
4543 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4545 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
4546 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4548 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4550 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
4552 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
4554 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4556 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
4557 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
4559 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
4569 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4570 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4571 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4574 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
4576 register const char *name;
4578 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4580 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
4582 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
4583 hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
4584 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4586 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
4587 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
4588 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4590 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
4591 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
4592 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4594 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
4595 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
4596 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
4598 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
4599 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4600 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4601 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4602 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4604 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4606 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
4608 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
4609 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4610 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4611 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4613 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4614 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4616 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4619 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
4621 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4622 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
4623 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
4624 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
4626 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4627 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4629 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4630 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
4633 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
4634 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
4635 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
4636 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
4637 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
4638 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
4639 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4640 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4642 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
4643 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4645 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4647 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
4648 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4649 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4651 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
4653 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
4654 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
4655 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4657 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4658 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
4659 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4661 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
4662 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4663 final_write_processing. */
4665 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4666 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4667 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4669 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
4670 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
4671 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4673 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4675 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
4676 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
4677 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
4680 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4681 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4682 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4683 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4684 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4689 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4690 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4691 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4692 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4693 the .scommon section. */
4696 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4697 asection *sec, int *retval)
4699 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
4701 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4704 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
4706 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
4712 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4713 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4716 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4717 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
4718 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4719 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
4721 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4722 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
4723 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4725 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4730 switch (sym->st_shndx)
4733 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4734 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4735 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
4736 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
4739 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
4740 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
4741 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
4742 *valp = sym->st_size;
4746 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4747 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
4749 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
4750 asection *elf_text_section;
4751 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4753 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4754 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
4757 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4758 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4759 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
4762 /* Initialize the section. */
4764 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
4765 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4767 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
4768 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
4770 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
4771 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4772 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
4773 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
4774 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
4775 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4776 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
4778 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4779 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4780 so I took it out. */
4781 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
4784 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
4785 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4787 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4788 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
4790 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
4791 asection *elf_data_section;
4792 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
4794 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4795 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
4798 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
4799 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4800 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
4803 /* Initialize the section. */
4805 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
4806 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4808 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
4809 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
4811 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
4812 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
4813 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
4814 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
4815 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
4816 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
4817 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
4819 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4820 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4821 so I took it out. */
4822 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
4825 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
4826 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
4830 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
4832 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
4833 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4835 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4836 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4838 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4840 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4841 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
4842 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4845 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4846 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4847 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4848 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4850 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4853 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
4856 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4857 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4858 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4859 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4865 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4866 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4867 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4870 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4871 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4872 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
4873 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4875 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4876 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4877 common in the output file. */
4878 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
4879 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
4880 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
4882 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
4883 sym->st_value &= ~1;
4888 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4890 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4893 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4895 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4896 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4898 register asection *s;
4899 const char * const *namep;
4901 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4902 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
4904 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4905 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4908 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
4912 /* We need to create .got section. */
4913 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
4916 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
4919 /* Create .stub section. */
4920 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
4921 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
4923 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
4925 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
4926 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4927 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4931 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
4933 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
4935 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
4937 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
4938 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4939 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4943 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4944 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4945 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4946 the linker takes such action. */
4947 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
4949 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
4952 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4953 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
4954 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4957 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4958 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4959 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4960 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4962 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4966 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4967 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4969 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
4973 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4974 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
4976 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4977 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4979 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4980 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
4982 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4983 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
4985 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4986 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4988 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
4995 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4997 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4998 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
4999 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5002 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5003 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5004 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5005 h->type = STT_SECTION;
5007 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5010 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
5012 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5013 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5014 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5015 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5016 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
5017 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5019 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5021 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5022 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
5023 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5026 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5027 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
5028 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
5029 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5031 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5039 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5040 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5043 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5044 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5048 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5049 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5050 struct mips_got_info *g;
5052 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5053 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5056 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5058 if (info->relocatable)
5061 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5062 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5063 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5064 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5066 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5068 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5069 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
5071 unsigned long r_symndx;
5073 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5076 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5078 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5079 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5083 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5084 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5085 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5086 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5088 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
5089 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
5091 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5092 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5093 || o->reloc_count == 0
5094 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
5095 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
5096 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
5097 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5098 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
5099 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5103 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
5105 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
5108 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
5109 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
5110 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
5111 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
5114 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
5123 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5124 not need it. Since this function is called before
5125 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5126 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5128 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5132 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5134 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
5136 unsigned long symcount;
5140 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
5141 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
5143 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5144 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
5145 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5148 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
5151 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
5153 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5154 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5155 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5156 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5160 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5162 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5163 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5165 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5168 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5171 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
5172 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5174 unsigned long r_symndx;
5175 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5178 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5181 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
5183 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
5184 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
5186 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5187 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5188 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5189 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5190 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5191 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5192 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5196 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5197 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5199 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5201 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
5202 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
5204 loc = &h->call_stub;
5206 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5207 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5208 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5209 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5210 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5211 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5212 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5213 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5214 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
5216 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5221 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
5231 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
5236 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5237 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
5238 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5243 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5244 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5245 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
5247 unsigned long r_symndx;
5248 unsigned int r_type;
5249 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5251 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
5252 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
5254 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5256 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
5258 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5259 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5260 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
5261 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5266 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
5268 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5271 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5272 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5276 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5277 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
5283 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5284 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5285 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5286 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5287 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5288 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5289 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5291 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5292 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
5294 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5301 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
5302 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5303 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5311 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5312 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5313 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
5315 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5316 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5317 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5318 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5319 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5320 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5321 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5322 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
5332 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5333 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5334 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5335 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5340 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5341 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5344 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5345 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5348 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5349 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5350 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5351 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
5356 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5357 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5358 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5363 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
5364 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5366 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5367 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5368 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5369 hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
5371 if ((hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)
5372 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
5373 && ! (hmips->root.elf_link_hash_flags
5374 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5380 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5381 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5382 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5383 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5384 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5391 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
5392 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5396 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
5400 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5403 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5404 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5405 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5406 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5407 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
5408 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5409 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5410 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5411 relocations against the text segment. */
5412 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5416 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5418 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5419 defined in a dynamic object. */
5420 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5421 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
5422 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5423 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
5424 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5425 are relocations against the text segment. */
5426 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
5429 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5430 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5431 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5432 dynamic relocations against it. */
5436 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
5437 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
5439 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
5440 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g))
5445 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5446 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5447 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5451 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5452 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5453 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5454 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5455 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
5456 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
5459 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5460 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5461 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5462 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5466 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5467 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5468 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5469 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5477 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5478 related to taking the function's address. */
5484 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5486 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5487 mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
5491 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5492 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5497 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5498 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5499 References from a stub section do not count. */
5501 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5502 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
5503 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
5504 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
5505 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
5506 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
5507 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
5509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5511 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5512 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
5520 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
5521 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5524 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
5525 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
5526 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5527 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
5528 bfd_byte *free_contents = NULL;
5530 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
5531 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5532 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5534 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5537 if (link_info->relocatable)
5540 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
5541 link_info->keep_memory);
5542 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5545 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
5546 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5547 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5548 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5550 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
5553 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
5554 unsigned int r_type;
5555 unsigned long r_symndx;
5557 unsigned long instruction;
5559 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5560 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5561 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5562 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
5563 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
5566 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
5567 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5568 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
5570 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
5571 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5572 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5574 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5575 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5576 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5578 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5580 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5581 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5582 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5583 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
5584 && ! (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL)))
5587 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5588 if (sym_sec->output_section)
5589 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5590 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5591 + sym_sec->output_offset);
5593 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5597 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5599 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5600 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5602 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5603 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5604 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
5605 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5607 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5611 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
5612 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5614 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5615 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5616 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5617 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5620 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5621 symval = isym->st_value
5622 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
5623 + sym_sec->output_offset;
5626 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5628 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
5629 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
5631 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5632 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
5637 /* Check that it's in range. */
5638 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
5641 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5642 if (contents == NULL)
5644 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5645 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
5646 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
5649 contents = bfd_malloc (sec->_raw_size);
5650 if (contents == NULL)
5653 free_contents = contents;
5654 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, contents,
5660 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
5662 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5663 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5664 instruction = 0x04110000;
5665 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5666 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5667 instruction = 0x10000000;
5671 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
5672 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
5673 changed_contents = TRUE;
5676 if (contents != NULL
5677 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
5679 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
5683 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5684 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
5690 if (free_contents != NULL)
5691 free (free_contents);
5695 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5696 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5697 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5698 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5702 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5703 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5706 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
5709 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5711 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5712 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
5713 && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
5714 || h->weakdef != NULL
5715 || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
5716 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
5717 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5718 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
5719 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5720 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
5722 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5723 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5725 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5726 if (! info->relocatable
5727 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
5728 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5729 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
5730 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
5732 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
5733 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
5734 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
5735 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5736 against the text segment. */
5737 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5740 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5741 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
5742 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
5744 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5747 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5748 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5749 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5750 executable and the shared library. */
5751 if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
5753 /* We need .stub section. */
5754 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5755 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5756 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5758 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5759 h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
5761 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5762 h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
5764 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5765 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5767 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5768 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5772 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
5773 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
5775 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5776 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5777 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
5781 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5782 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5783 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5784 if (h->weakdef != NULL)
5786 BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5787 || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
5788 h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
5789 h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
5793 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5794 is not a function. */
5799 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5800 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5801 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5804 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5805 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5811 struct mips_got_info *g;
5813 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
5814 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
5817 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5818 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
5820 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5822 if (! (info->relocatable
5823 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
5824 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
5825 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
5827 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5829 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5832 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
5836 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5837 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5839 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
5841 asection *subsection;
5843 for (subsection = sub->sections;
5845 subsection = subsection->next)
5847 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5849 loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
5850 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
5854 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5855 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5856 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5857 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5859 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
5862 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
5863 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5865 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5866 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5869 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5870 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5872 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
5874 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5875 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5876 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
5878 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
5879 s->_raw_size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5881 g->global_gotno = i;
5882 s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5884 if (s->_raw_size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd)
5885 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
5891 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5894 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5895 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5899 bfd_boolean reltext;
5901 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5902 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
5904 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5906 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5907 if (info->executable)
5909 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
5910 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5912 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
5914 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
5918 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5919 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5922 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5927 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5928 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5929 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
5931 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5936 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5938 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
5940 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5941 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5942 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5943 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5944 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5945 if (s->output_section != NULL
5947 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
5948 s->output_section)) == 0)
5953 const char *outname;
5956 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5957 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5958 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5959 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5960 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5962 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
5964 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
5966 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
5967 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5968 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5971 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5972 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5973 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5976 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5977 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5978 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5979 will move them around between input sections'
5980 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5981 broken, so don't let it run. */
5982 info->combreloc = 0;
5985 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
5987 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5988 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5989 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5991 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
5992 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
5993 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
5994 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
5998 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5999 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
6001 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
6002 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6004 unsigned int save_assign;
6006 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
6008 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6009 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
6010 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
6011 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
6012 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
6013 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
6014 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
6015 &set_got_offset_arg);
6016 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
6017 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
6018 <= g->global_gotno);
6020 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
6023 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
6024 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
6025 + g->next->global_gotno
6026 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
6031 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
6034 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
6036 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6037 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6038 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
6040 else if (! info->shared
6041 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6042 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6044 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6045 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6048 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
6049 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6050 s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
6051 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
6053 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6059 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
6063 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6064 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
6065 if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
6067 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
6072 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6074 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6075 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6076 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6077 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6078 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6081 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6082 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6083 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
6085 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6087 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6093 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6094 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6096 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
6101 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6102 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6104 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
6106 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
6110 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
6113 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
6115 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
6118 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
6121 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
6125 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
6128 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
6132 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6133 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
6138 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
6143 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
6147 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
6150 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
6153 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
6156 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
6159 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
6162 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
6163 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
6166 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
6167 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6168 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
6169 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
6176 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6179 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6180 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
6181 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6182 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6183 asection **local_sections)
6185 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6186 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6188 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6189 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6191 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
6192 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6193 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
6197 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6198 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
6199 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6201 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
6202 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6205 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6206 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
6208 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6209 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6210 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6211 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6212 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6213 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6214 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
6216 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6218 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6222 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6223 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
6224 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
6225 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6226 (input_bfd, input_section,
6229 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
6231 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6233 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6234 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6235 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6236 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6237 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6238 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6239 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
6240 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
6241 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
6242 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
6243 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
6245 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6246 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
6248 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6249 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
6251 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6253 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6254 combination of the addend stored in two different
6256 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6257 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6258 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6259 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
6260 local_sections, FALSE)))
6263 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
6264 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
6267 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6268 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6269 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6270 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6273 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6274 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6275 lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
6278 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
6280 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
6283 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6284 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, FALSE);
6285 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
6286 input_bfd, contents);
6287 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
6288 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
6289 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
6293 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6296 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6297 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6298 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6299 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6300 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6301 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6302 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6303 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6304 addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
6306 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
6308 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6309 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6311 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6312 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6316 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
6319 addend = rel->r_addend;
6322 if (info->relocatable)
6324 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6325 unsigned long r_symndx;
6327 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
6328 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6331 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6332 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6333 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6334 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6335 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6336 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6338 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
6340 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6343 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
6344 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
6345 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
6346 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
6347 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
6348 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
6350 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6351 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6352 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
6353 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6354 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
6356 if (rela_relocation_p)
6357 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6358 rel->r_addend = addend;
6361 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
6362 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
6363 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
6364 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
6365 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
6366 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
6367 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
6368 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
6370 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
6372 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6373 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6374 source of the addend in the final link. */
6375 addend &= howto->src_mask;
6377 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6378 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6379 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6380 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6381 but for endianness. */
6387 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6389 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6396 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6397 do two separate stores. */
6398 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6400 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6402 low_bits = sign_bits;
6408 high_bits = sign_bits;
6410 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6411 contents + rel->r_offset);
6412 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6413 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6417 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
6418 input_bfd, input_section,
6423 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6427 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6428 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6429 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6431 if (rel + 1 < relend
6432 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
6433 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
6434 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
6436 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
6438 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6439 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
6440 input_section, info, rel,
6441 addend, howto, local_syms,
6442 local_sections, &value,
6443 &name, &require_jalx,
6444 use_saved_addend_p))
6446 case bfd_reloc_continue:
6447 /* There's nothing to do. */
6450 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6451 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6452 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6453 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6454 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6457 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
6458 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6459 info->callbacks->warning
6460 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
6463 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6464 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6465 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6466 a given location. */
6470 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6471 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6472 (info, name, howto->name, 0,
6473 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
6486 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6487 until we reach the last one. */
6488 if (use_saved_addend_p)
6494 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6495 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6496 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6497 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6498 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6499 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6500 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6501 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6507 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
6509 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
6516 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6517 do two separate stores. */
6518 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
6520 /* Undo what we did above. */
6522 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6524 low_bits = sign_bits;
6530 high_bits = sign_bits;
6532 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
6533 contents + rel->r_offset);
6534 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
6535 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
6539 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6540 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
6541 input_bfd, input_section,
6542 contents, require_jalx))
6549 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6550 adjust it appropriately now. */
6553 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6554 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6556 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6557 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6558 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
6561 "__dso_displacement",
6563 "__program_header_table",
6567 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
6575 const char* const *p;
6578 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6579 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
6582 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
6584 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6586 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6587 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6589 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6591 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6593 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6599 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6600 dynamic sections here. */
6603 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
6604 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6605 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6606 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6611 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
6614 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6615 gval = sym->st_value;
6617 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6620 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
6622 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6624 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6626 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6627 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6628 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6630 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6631 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
6634 /* Fill the stub. */
6635 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
6636 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
6637 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
6638 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
6640 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
6641 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
6643 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6644 only for the referenced symbol. */
6645 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6647 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6648 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6649 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6650 gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
6651 sym->st_value = gval;
6654 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6655 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
6657 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6658 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
6659 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6660 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6661 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6663 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6664 the symbols that need them. */
6665 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
6666 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
6671 value = sym->st_value;
6672 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h);
6673 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
6676 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1)
6678 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
6684 e.abfd = output_bfd;
6686 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
6688 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
6691 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
6696 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
6698 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6699 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
6700 && ((p->d.h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
6701 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
6703 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6704 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6705 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6706 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6707 appropriate addend. */
6708 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6710 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
6711 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6712 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
6714 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
6715 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
6718 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6719 (output_bfd, info, rel,
6720 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
6724 entry = sym->st_value;
6725 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
6730 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6731 name = h->root.root.string;
6732 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6733 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6734 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6735 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6736 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6738 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6739 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6742 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
6744 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6745 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6746 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
6748 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6750 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
6751 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
6753 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6754 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6756 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6758 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
6760 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6761 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
6762 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
6763 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6765 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
6767 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
6768 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
6769 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
6770 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
6774 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6775 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
6776 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
6780 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6781 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
6782 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6784 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
6785 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6786 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
6788 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
6789 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6791 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
6792 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6794 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6795 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
6796 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
6797 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
6799 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
6803 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6804 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
6805 sym->st_value &= ~1;
6810 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6813 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
6814 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6819 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
6821 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6823 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6825 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6830 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6831 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6832 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
6833 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
6834 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6837 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6841 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
6842 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6844 for (b = sdyn->contents;
6845 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
6846 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
6848 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6852 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
6854 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6855 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
6857 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6863 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6864 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6865 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
6869 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6871 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
6876 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6877 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6878 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6881 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
6882 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
6886 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
6889 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
6890 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
6893 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
6898 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
6903 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
6904 s = output_bfd->sections;
6905 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6906 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
6909 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
6910 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
6913 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
6914 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6915 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6916 referenced within the same object. */
6917 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
6920 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
6921 if (gg->global_gotsym)
6923 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
6926 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6927 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6928 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6930 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
6932 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
6933 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
6934 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6936 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
6937 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
6939 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
6942 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
6943 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
6946 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
6947 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
6950 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6951 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
6952 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
6953 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6957 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6958 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6959 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6960 are trailing null entries. */
6961 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6962 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
6963 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6964 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
6965 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6974 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
6979 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6980 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6981 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6982 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
6984 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents);
6985 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000,
6986 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
6990 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
6991 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
6993 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6994 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
6996 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
6999 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
7000 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
7002 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
7004 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno;
7006 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
7007 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7008 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
7009 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
7014 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
7016 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
7017 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7018 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7019 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
7020 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
7023 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
7030 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
7032 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
7034 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7035 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
7039 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
7041 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
7042 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
7045 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
7046 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
7049 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7050 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
7051 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
7054 file_ptr dummy_offset;
7056 BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7057 dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
7058 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
7059 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
7064 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7066 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7069 && s->_raw_size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
7071 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
7073 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
7074 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7075 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
7077 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
7078 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
7086 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7089 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
7093 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
7096 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
7097 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
7100 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
7101 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
7104 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
7105 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
7108 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
7109 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
7110 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
7111 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
7112 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
7115 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
7116 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
7119 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
7120 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
7123 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
7124 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
7127 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
7128 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
7131 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
7132 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
7135 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
7136 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
7139 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
7140 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
7143 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
7144 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
7145 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
7146 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
7147 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
7148 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
7151 case bfd_mach_mips5:
7152 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
7155 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
7156 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
7159 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
7160 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
7163 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
7164 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
7167 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
7168 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
7171 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
7172 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
7175 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7176 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
7181 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7182 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7183 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7186 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
7187 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7190 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
7194 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7195 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7196 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7197 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
7198 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
7200 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7201 info for each special section. */
7202 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
7203 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
7206 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
7209 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7210 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
7212 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7215 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7216 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7217 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7218 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7219 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7220 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7221 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7222 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7225 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7226 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7227 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7228 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
7229 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
7230 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7231 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7232 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7233 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7234 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7237 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7238 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
7240 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7241 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
7243 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7246 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7247 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
7248 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
7249 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7250 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7251 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7252 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7255 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7256 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7257 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7259 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7261 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
7262 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
7269 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7273 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd)
7278 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7279 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7280 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
7283 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7284 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
7285 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
7286 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
7289 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7290 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
7291 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
7292 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
7298 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7301 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
7302 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7305 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
7308 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7310 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7311 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7313 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7314 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7319 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7323 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7327 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7328 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7330 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7331 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7339 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7340 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7341 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7344 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7345 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7346 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7348 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7350 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
7351 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7356 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
7358 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7360 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
7361 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
7364 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7365 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7366 options_segment->next = *pm;
7367 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7368 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
7369 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
7370 options_segment->count = 1;
7371 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
7372 *pm = options_segment;
7377 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7379 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7380 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7381 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
7382 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
7383 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
7385 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7386 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
7391 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7395 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
7397 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7402 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7410 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7411 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
7412 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
7422 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7423 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7425 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
7427 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
7430 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7432 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7433 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7434 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7435 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7436 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
7438 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
7439 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
7443 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
7445 static const char *sec_names[] =
7447 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7451 struct elf_segment_map *n;
7455 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
7457 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
7458 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7464 sz = s->_cooked_size;
7467 if (high < s->vma + sz)
7473 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7474 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7477 + (s->_cooked_size !=
7478 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7481 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7482 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7489 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7491 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
7494 + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
7495 s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
7509 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7513 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
7514 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7515 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7516 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
7517 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
7519 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7523 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
7525 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7526 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
7530 switch (h->root.type)
7532 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
7533 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
7534 return h->root.u.def.section;
7536 case bfd_link_hash_common:
7537 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
7545 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
7550 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7553 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7554 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7555 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7556 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7559 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7560 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7561 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
7562 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
7563 unsigned long r_symndx;
7564 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7566 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7567 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7568 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
7570 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
7571 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
7572 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
7576 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7577 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7578 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7579 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7580 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7581 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7582 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7583 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7584 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7585 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7596 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7597 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7598 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7599 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7602 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
7603 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
7604 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
7606 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
7608 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
7610 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
7613 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
7614 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
7615 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
7616 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
7617 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
7618 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
7619 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
7623 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
7624 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
7625 bfd_boolean force_local)
7629 struct mips_got_info *g;
7630 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7632 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7633 if (h->forced_local)
7635 h->forced_local = force_local;
7637 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7638 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local)
7640 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
7641 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
7645 struct mips_got_entry e;
7646 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
7648 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7649 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7650 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7651 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7652 the upper limit of global entries. */
7657 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
7658 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
7660 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7665 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7666 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7667 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7668 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7669 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
7671 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
7672 gg->assigned_gotno--;
7675 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
7676 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7677 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7680 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
7682 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7683 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7685 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
7691 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
7697 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
7698 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7701 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
7702 unsigned char *tdata;
7705 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
7708 if (o->_raw_size == 0)
7710 if (o->_raw_size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
7712 if (o->output_section != NULL
7713 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
7716 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE);
7720 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7728 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
7729 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
7731 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
7733 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
7742 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
7743 o->_cooked_size = o->_raw_size - skip * PDR_SIZE;
7749 if (! info->keep_memory)
7750 free (cookie->rels);
7756 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
7758 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
7764 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
7767 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
7770 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
7773 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
7777 end = contents + sec->_raw_size;
7778 for (from = contents, i = 0;
7780 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
7782 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
7785 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
7788 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
7789 sec->output_offset, sec->_cooked_size);
7793 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7794 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7796 struct mips_elf_find_line
7798 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
7799 struct ecoff_find_line i;
7803 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
7804 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
7805 const char **filename_ptr,
7806 const char **functionname_ptr,
7807 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7811 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7812 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7816 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7817 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7818 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
7819 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7822 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
7826 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
7827 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
7828 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
7830 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7831 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7832 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7833 origflags = msec->flags;
7834 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
7835 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7837 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
7840 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
7843 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
7844 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
7846 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7849 msec->flags = origflags;
7853 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
7855 msec->flags = origflags;
7859 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7860 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
7861 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7862 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
7864 msec->flags = origflags;
7867 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
7868 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
7869 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
7870 fraw_end = (fraw_src
7871 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
7872 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
7873 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
7875 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
7877 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7878 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7879 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7880 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7881 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7882 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7885 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
7886 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7889 msec->flags = origflags;
7893 msec->flags = origflags;
7896 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7898 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7899 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7903 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7904 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7905 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7908 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
7909 const void *location,
7910 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
7912 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7916 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7918 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
7919 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7920 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
7923 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
7928 if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
7929 size = section->_cooked_size;
7931 size = section->_raw_size;
7932 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
7935 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
7938 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
7941 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
7945 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7946 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7949 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7951 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
7952 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
7954 bfd_boolean relocatable,
7957 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7958 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
7959 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
7961 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
7962 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
7968 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
7969 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
7972 /* read in the section */
7973 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0,
7974 input_section->_raw_size))
7977 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7978 input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
7979 input_section->reloc_done = TRUE;
7981 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
7985 if (reloc_count < 0)
7988 if (reloc_count > 0)
7993 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7996 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
7997 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
7998 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7999 if (abfd && input_bfd
8000 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
8004 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
8005 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
8012 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
8013 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
8014 case bfd_link_hash_common:
8017 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
8018 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
8020 gp = lh->u.def.value;
8022 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
8023 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
8025 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8027 case bfd_link_hash_new:
8036 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
8038 char *error_message = NULL;
8039 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
8041 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8042 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8043 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
8044 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
8046 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8050 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8051 fall over on its own. */
8053 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
8054 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
8056 /* bypass special_function call */
8057 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
8058 input_section, relocatable,
8060 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
8062 /* end mips specific stuff */
8064 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, input_section,
8065 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
8067 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
8071 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
8073 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8074 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
8078 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
8082 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
8083 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
8084 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8085 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
8089 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
8090 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
8091 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
8092 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
8093 (*parent)->address)))
8096 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
8097 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
8098 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
8099 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
8100 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
8103 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
8112 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8113 free (reloc_vector);
8117 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
8118 free (reloc_vector);
8122 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8124 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
8125 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
8127 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
8128 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
8130 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
8134 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
8135 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
8142 /* We no longer use this. */
8143 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
8144 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
8146 ret->procedure_count = 0;
8147 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
8148 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
8150 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
8152 return &ret->root.root;
8155 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8156 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8157 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8160 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8164 struct bfd_link_order *p;
8165 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
8166 asection *rtproc_sec;
8167 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
8168 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
8169 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
8170 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
8171 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
8172 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
8178 static const char * const secname[] =
8180 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8181 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8183 static const int sc[] =
8185 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
8186 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
8189 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8190 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8191 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8193 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8197 struct mips_got_info *g;
8199 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8200 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8201 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8202 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8203 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8205 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
8206 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
8210 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8211 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8212 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8213 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
8215 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
8216 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8217 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8218 <= g->global_gotno);
8222 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8223 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8224 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8225 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8226 better off including it then not. */
8227 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
8228 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8230 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
8232 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8233 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8234 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8235 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8236 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8237 --abfd->section_count;
8243 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8244 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8245 to be better off including it than not. */
8246 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8248 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8250 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8251 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
8252 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8253 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
8254 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8255 --abfd->section_count;
8262 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8263 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
8265 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
8267 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8268 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
8269 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
8270 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
8271 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
8272 else if (info->relocatable)
8274 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
8276 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8277 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8279 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
8282 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8283 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
8287 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8288 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8289 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8293 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8297 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
8298 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
8299 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8301 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
8303 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
8305 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8306 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8307 the information together. */
8308 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8310 asection *input_section;
8312 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8315 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8317 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8322 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8323 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8325 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8326 size to be zero bytes. */
8327 if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
8328 input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
8330 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
8331 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8334 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
8336 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
8337 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
8338 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
8339 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
8340 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
8342 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8343 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8344 finally written out. */
8346 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8347 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8348 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8351 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8352 BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8354 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8355 matters, but someday it might). */
8356 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8361 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
8363 struct extsym_info einfo;
8366 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8367 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8368 the information together. */
8369 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
8370 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8372 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
8376 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
8377 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
8378 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
8380 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
8383 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
8385 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8386 debug_info structure. */
8388 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
8389 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
8390 debug.external_sym = NULL;
8391 debug.external_opt = NULL;
8392 debug.external_aux = NULL;
8394 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
8395 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
8396 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
8397 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
8399 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8400 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
8404 esym.cobol_main = 0;
8408 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
8409 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
8410 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
8411 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
8413 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
8415 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
8416 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
8419 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
8420 last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
8423 esym.asym.value = last;
8424 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
8429 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8431 asection *input_section;
8433 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
8434 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
8438 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8440 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8445 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8446 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8448 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8449 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8450 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
8452 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8453 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8454 want to deal with it. */
8458 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
8459 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
8461 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
8463 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8464 read in the debugging information and set up an
8465 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8466 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
8470 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8471 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
8472 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
8475 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8476 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8477 the linker global hash table and save the information
8478 for the output external symbols. */
8479 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
8480 eraw_end = (eraw_src
8481 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
8482 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
8484 eraw_src < eraw_end;
8485 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
8489 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8491 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
8492 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
8493 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
8494 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
8497 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
8498 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8499 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
8500 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
8506 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
8507 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
8513 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8514 free (input_debug.line);
8515 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
8516 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
8517 free (input_debug.external_sym);
8518 free (input_debug.external_opt);
8519 free (input_debug.external_aux);
8520 free (input_debug.ss);
8521 free (input_debug.ssext);
8522 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
8523 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
8524 free (input_debug.external_ext);
8526 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8527 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8528 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8531 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
8533 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8534 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8535 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
8537 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
8538 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
8540 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
8541 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
8542 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
8543 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
8547 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
8553 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8556 einfo.debug = &debug;
8558 einfo.failed = FALSE;
8559 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8560 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
8564 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8565 o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
8567 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8568 matters, but someday it might). */
8569 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8574 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8576 const char *subname;
8579 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
8582 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8583 information describing how the small data area would
8584 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8585 not used in executables files. */
8586 if (! info->relocatable)
8588 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8590 asection *input_section;
8592 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8594 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8599 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8601 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8602 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8603 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8606 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8607 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8608 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8610 /* Really remove the section. */
8611 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
8613 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
8615 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
8616 --abfd->section_count;
8621 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8622 uninitialized data. */
8623 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8625 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8629 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8630 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8631 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
8632 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
8636 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8637 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8638 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8639 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8640 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8641 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8642 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
8644 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
8645 o->name = ".gptab.data";
8647 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
8648 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8649 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
8652 /* Set up the first entry. */
8654 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8655 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
8658 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
8659 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
8661 /* Combine the input sections. */
8662 for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
8664 asection *input_section;
8668 bfd_size_type gpentry;
8670 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
8672 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
8677 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
8678 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
8680 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8681 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8682 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8683 size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
8685 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8687 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
8689 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
8690 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
8696 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8697 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
8698 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
8704 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
8706 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
8707 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
8710 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8712 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
8713 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
8715 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
8721 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
8724 /* We need a new table entry. */
8725 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
8726 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
8727 if (new_tab == NULL)
8733 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
8734 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
8736 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8737 value, since that will be implied by this new
8740 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
8742 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
8744 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
8745 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
8749 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
8750 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8755 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
8758 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8759 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8760 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
8763 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8765 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
8767 /* Swap out the table. */
8768 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8769 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
8770 if (ext_tab == NULL)
8776 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
8777 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
8780 o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
8781 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
8783 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8784 matters, but someday it might). */
8785 o->link_order_head = NULL;
8789 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8790 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
8793 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8795 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
8797 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
8799 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
8800 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
8804 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
8806 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
8807 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
8809 mdebug_sec->filepos))
8812 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
8815 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
8817 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
8818 gptab_data_sec->contents,
8819 0, gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
8823 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
8825 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
8826 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
8827 0, gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
8831 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8833 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
8834 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
8836 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
8837 rtproc_sec->contents,
8838 0, rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
8846 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8848 struct mips_mach_extension {
8849 unsigned long extension, base;
8853 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8854 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8856 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
8857 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8858 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8859 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
8861 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8862 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
8864 /* R10000 extensions. */
8865 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
8867 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8868 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8869 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8870 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8871 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8872 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
8873 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
8875 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8876 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8877 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8878 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8879 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
8881 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8882 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8883 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
8885 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8886 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8887 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8888 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8889 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8890 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8891 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8892 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
8894 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8895 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
8897 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8898 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8899 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
8901 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8902 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
8903 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
8907 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8910 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
8914 for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
8915 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
8916 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
8918 return extension == base;
8922 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8925 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
8927 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
8928 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8929 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8930 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8931 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8932 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8933 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
8937 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8938 object file when linking. */
8941 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
8946 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
8949 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8950 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
8952 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8953 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8954 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8958 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8959 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8962 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
8964 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8965 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8966 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
8970 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
8971 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8972 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
8974 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
8976 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
8977 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
8978 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
8979 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
8981 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
8982 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
8984 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
8985 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
8992 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8994 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8995 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
8997 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8998 doesn't seem to matter. */
8999 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9000 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
9002 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9003 just be able to ignore this. */
9004 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9005 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
9007 if (new_flags == old_flags)
9010 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9011 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9012 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9013 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
9015 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9016 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9017 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
9018 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
9019 && (sec->_raw_size != 0
9020 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
9021 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
9022 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
9024 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
9033 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
9034 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
9036 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9037 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9038 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9042 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
9043 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
9044 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
9045 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
9047 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9048 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
9050 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9051 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
9053 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9054 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9055 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
9058 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
9060 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9061 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
9063 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9064 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9065 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9066 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
9067 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
9068 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
9069 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9071 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9072 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9073 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
9074 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
9075 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
9076 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
9080 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9081 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9082 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9083 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9084 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
9085 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
9090 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9091 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
9093 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9094 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9095 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
9096 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9097 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9099 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9100 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9101 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
9102 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
9104 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9105 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9106 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
9107 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
9108 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
9111 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9112 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
9115 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9116 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
9118 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9120 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9121 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
9124 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9125 if (new_flags != old_flags)
9127 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9128 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9129 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
9130 (unsigned long) old_flags);
9136 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9143 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9146 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
9148 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
9149 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
9151 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
9152 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
9157 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
9161 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
9163 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9164 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
9166 /* xgettext:c-format */
9167 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
9169 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
9170 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9171 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
9172 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9173 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
9174 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9175 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
9176 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9177 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
9178 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9179 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
9180 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9181 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
9182 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
9184 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
9186 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
9187 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
9188 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
9189 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
9190 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
9191 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
9192 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
9193 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
9194 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
9195 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
9196 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
9197 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
9198 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
9199 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
9200 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
9201 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9202 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
9203 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9205 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9207 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
9208 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
9210 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
9211 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
9213 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
9214 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9216 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9223 struct bfd_elf_special_section const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[]=
9225 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9226 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9227 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9228 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
9229 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
9230 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
9231 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }